Linux kernel mirror (for testing)
git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git
kernel
os
linux
1#ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2#define __LINUX_NL80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018 Intel Corporation
15 *
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
19 *
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
27 *
28 */
29
30/*
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
34 *
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
41 */
42
43#include <linux/types.h>
44
45#define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
46
47#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53#define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
54
55/**
56 * DOC: Station handling
57 *
58 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
59 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
60 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
61 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
62 * to.
63 *
64 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
65 * capabilities.
66 *
67 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
68 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
69 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
70 * or capability information, this just exists to avoid race conditions
71 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
72 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
73 * time mark it authorized.
74 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
75 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
76 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
77 *
78 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
79 */
80
81/**
82 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
83 *
84 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
85 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant react to management frames
86 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
87 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
88 * for various reasons.
89 *
90 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
91 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
92 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
93 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
94 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
95 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
96 * for doing that.
97 *
98 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
99 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
100 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
101 *
102 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
103 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
104 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
105 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
106 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
107 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
108 *
109 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
110 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
111 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame was transmitted, its
112 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
113 *
114 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
115 * below.
116 */
117
118/**
119 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
120 *
121 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs, they can have
122 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
123 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
124 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
125 *
126 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
127 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
128 * types there no concurrency is implied.
129 *
130 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
131 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
132 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
133 * an additional list of these, they can be added at any time and
134 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
135 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
136 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
137 *
138 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
139 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
140 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
141 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
142 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
143 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
144 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
145 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
146 *
147 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
148 * interfaces that a given device supports.
149 */
150
151/**
152 * DOC: packet coalesce support
153 *
154 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
155 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
156 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
157 * and power consumption.
158 *
159 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
160 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
161 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
162 * following events occur.
163 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
164 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
165 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches it's limit.
166 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
167 *
168 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
169 * rule.
170 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
171 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
172 * c) Condition for coalescence. pattern 'match' or 'no match'
173 * Multiple such rules can be created.
174 */
175
176/**
177 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
178 *
179 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
180 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
181 * preshared key authentication. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the preshared
182 * key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers supporting
183 * this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no preshared
184 * key material is provided, for example when that driver does not
185 * support setting the temporal keys through %CMD_NEW_KEY.
186 *
187 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
188 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
189 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication. In order to use the offload
190 * the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
191 * attribute flag. Drivers supporting this offload may reject the
192 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is not present.
193 *
194 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
195 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
197 */
198
199/**
200 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
201 *
202 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertized by drivers by
203 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
204 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
205 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
206 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
207 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
208 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
209 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
211 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
212 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
213 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
214 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
215 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
216 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
217 *
218 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
219 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
220 * up a connection or after roaming.
221 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
222 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
224 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
225 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
226 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
227 *
228 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertized by a FILS
229 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
230 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
231 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
232 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
233 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
234 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
235 */
236
237/**
238 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
239 *
240 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
241 *
242 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
243 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
244 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
245 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
246 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ (and the
247 * attributes determining the channel width; this is used for setting
248 * monitor mode channel), %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
249 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
250 * and/or %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD.
251 * However, for setting the channel, see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
252 * instead, the support here is for backward compatibility only.
253 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
254 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
255 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
256 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
257 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
258 *
259 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
260 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
261 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
262 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
263 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
264 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
265 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
266 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
267 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
268 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
269 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
270 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
271 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
272 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
273 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
274 *
275 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
276 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
277 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
278 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
279 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
280 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
281 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes.
282 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
283 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
284 *
285 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
286 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
287 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
288 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
289 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
290 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
291 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
292 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
293 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
294 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
295 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE,
296 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
297 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
298 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
299 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
300 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
301 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel width.
302 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
303 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
304 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
305 *
306 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
307 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
308 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
309 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
310 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
311 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
312 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
313 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
314 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
315 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
316 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
317 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
318 * frame).
319 *
320 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
321 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
322 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
323 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
324 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
325 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
326 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
327 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
328 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
329 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
330 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PATH: Add a mesh path with given attributes to the
331 * the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
332 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PATH: Remove a mesh path identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
333 * or, if no MAC address given, all mesh paths, on the interface identified
334 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
335 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
336 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
337 *
338 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
339 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
340 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
341 * global regdomain will be returned.
342 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
343 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
344 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
345 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
346 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
347 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
348 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
349 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
350 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
351 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
352 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
353 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
354 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
355 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
356 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
357 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
358 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
359 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
360 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
361 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
362 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
363 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
364 *
365 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
366 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
367 *
368 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
369 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
370 *
371 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
372 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
373 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
374 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
375 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
376 * added to all specified management frames generated by
377 * kernel/firmware/driver.
378 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
379 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
380 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
381 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
382 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
383 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
384 *
385 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
386 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
387 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
388 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
389 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
390 * be used.
391 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
392 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
393 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
394 * partial scan results may be available
395 *
396 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
397 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
398 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
399 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
400 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
401 * These attributes are mutually exculsive,
402 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
403 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
404 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
405 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
406 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
407 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
408 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
409 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
410 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
411 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
412 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
413 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
414 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
415 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
416 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
417 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
418 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
419 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
420 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
421 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
422 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
423 * results available.
424 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
425 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
426 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
427 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
428 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
429 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
430 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
431 *
432 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey resuls, e.g. channel occupation
433 * or noise level
434 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
435 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
436 *
437 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
438 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
439 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
440 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
441 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
442 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
443 * advertized by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
444 * ESS.
445 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
446 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
447 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
448 * authentication.
449 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
450 *
451 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
452 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
453 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
454 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
455 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
456 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
457 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
458 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
459 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
460 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
461 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
462 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
463 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
464 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
465 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
466 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
467 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
468 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
469 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
470 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
471 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
472 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
473 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
474 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
475 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
476 * the beacon hint was processed.
477 *
478 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
479 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
480 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
481 * authentication process.
482 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
483 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
484 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
485 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
486 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
487 * to specify the frequence of the channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
488 * is used to specify the authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to
489 * define IEs (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs)
490 * to be added to the frame.
491 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
492 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
493 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
494 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
495 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
496 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
497 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
498 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
499 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
500 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
501 * pending authentication timed out).
502 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
503 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
504 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
505 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
506 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
507 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
508 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
509 * included).
510 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
511 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
512 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
513 * primitives).
514 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
515 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
516 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
517 *
518 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
519 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
520 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
521 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
522 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
523 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
524 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
525 *
526 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
527 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
528 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
529 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
530 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
531 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
532 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
533 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
534 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
535 * determined by the network interface.
536 *
537 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
538 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
539 * to the driver.
540 *
541 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
542 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
543 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
544 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
545 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
546 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
547 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
548 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
549 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
550 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
551 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
552 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
553 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
554 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
555 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
556 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
557 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
558 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
559 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
560 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
561 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
562 * a different BSS is desired.
563 * Background scan period can optionally be
564 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
565 * if not specified default background scan configuration
566 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
567 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
568 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
569 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
570 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
571 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
572 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
573 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
574 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
575 * well to remain backwards compatible.
576 * When establishing a security association, drivers that support 4 way
577 * handshake offload should send %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event when
578 * the 4 way handshake is completed successfully.
579 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
580 * When a security association was established with the new AP (e.g. if
581 * the FT protocol was used for roaming or the driver completed the 4 way
582 * handshake), this event should be followed by an
583 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
584 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
585 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
586 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
587 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
588 *
589 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
590 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
591 *
592 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
593 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
594 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
595 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
596 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
597 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
598 * frequency for the operation.
599 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
600 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
601 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
602 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
603 * radio).
604 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
605 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
606 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
607 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
608 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
609 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
610 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
611 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
612 * uniquely identify the request.
613 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
614 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
615 *
616 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
617 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
618 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
619 *
620 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
621 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
622 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
623 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
624 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
625 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
626 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
627 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
628 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
629 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
630 * backward compatibility
631 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
632 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
633 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
634 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
635 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
636 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
637 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
638 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
639 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
640 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
641 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
642 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
643 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
644 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
645 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
646 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
647 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
648 * is used during CSA period.
649 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
650 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
651 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary.
652 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
653 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
654 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
655 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
656 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
657 * the frame.
658 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
659 * backward compatibility.
660 *
661 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
662 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
663 *
664 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
665 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
666 * levels.
667 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
668 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
669 * reached.
670 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
671 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
672 * (identifed by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
673 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
674 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
675 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
676 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
677 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
678 * precedence when they are used.
679 *
680 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface.
681 *
682 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
683 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
684 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
685 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
686 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
687 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
688 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
689 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
690 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
691 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
692 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
693 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
694 * command, the feature is disabled.
695 *
696 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
697 * mesh config parameters may be given.
698 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
699 * network is determined by the network interface.
700 *
701 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
702 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
703 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
704 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
705 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
706 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
707 *
708 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
709 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
710 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
711 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
712 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
713 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
714 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
715 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
716 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
717 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
718 * depending on the authentication result.
719 *
720 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
721 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
722 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
723 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
724 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
725 * more background information, see
726 * http://wireless.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
727 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
728 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
729 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
730 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
731 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
732 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
733 *
734 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
735 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
736 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
737 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
738 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
739 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
740 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
741 *
742 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
743 * of PMKSA caching dandidates.
744 *
745 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
746 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
747 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
748 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
749 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
750 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
751 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
752 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
753 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
754 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
755 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
756 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
757 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
758 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
759 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
760 *
761 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
762 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
763 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
764 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
765 * is received.
766 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
767 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
768 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
769 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
770 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
771 *
772 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
773 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
774 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
775 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
776 *
777 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
778 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
779 * acknowleged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
780 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
781 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
782 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
783 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
784 *
785 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
786 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
787 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
788 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
789 *
790 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
791 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
792 *
793 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
794 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
795 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
796 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
797 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
798 * from the remote AP) is completed;
799 *
800 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
801 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
802 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
803 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
804 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
805 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
806 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
807 * interfaces to change channel as well.
808 *
809 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
810 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
811 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
812 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
813 * public action frame TX.
814 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
815 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
816 *
817 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
818 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
819 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
820 * is used for this.
821 *
822 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
823 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
824 *
825 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
826 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
827 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
828 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
829 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
830 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
831 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
832 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
833 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
834 *
835 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
836 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
837 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
838 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
839 * while operating on this channel.
840 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
841 * event.
842 *
843 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
844 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
845 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
846 *
847 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
848 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
849 *
850 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
851 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
852 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
853 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
854 *
855 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
856 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
857 * complete.
858 *
859 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
860 * return back to normal.
861 *
862 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
863 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
864 *
865 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
866 * the new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
867 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
868 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
869 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
870 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
871 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
872 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
873 * switch is complete.
874 *
875 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
876 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
877 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
878 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
879 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
880 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
881 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
882 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
883 *
884 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
885 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
886 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
887 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
888 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
889 *
890 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
891 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
892 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
893 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
894 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
895 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
896 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
897 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
898 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
899 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
900 * fail even if the check was successful.
901 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
902 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
903 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
904 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
905 *
906 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
907 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
908 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
909 *
910 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
911 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
912 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
913 * network is determined by the network interface.
914 *
915 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
916 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
917 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
918 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
919 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
920 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
921 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
922 * AP.
923 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
924 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
925 * when this command completes.
926 *
927 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
928 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
929 * management.
930 *
931 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
932 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
933 * cfg80211_scan_done().
934 *
935 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
936 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
937 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
938 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
939 * cluster. This command must have a valid
940 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
941 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
942 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
943 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
944 * added.
945 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
946 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
947 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
948 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
949 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
950 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
951 * of the function upon success.
952 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
953 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
954 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
955 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
956 * which just terminated.
957 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
958 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
959 * the response to this command.
960 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
961 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
962 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
963 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
964 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
965 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
966 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
967 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
968 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
969 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
970 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
971 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
972 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
973 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_FUNC_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
974 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
975 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
976 *
977 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
978 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
979 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
980 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
981 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
982 *
983 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
984 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
985 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
986 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
987 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
988 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
989 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
990 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates that the 4 way
991 * handshake was completed successfully by the driver. The BSSID is
992 * specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Drivers that support 4 way handshake
993 * offload should send this event after indicating 802.11 association with
994 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or %NL80211_CMD_ROAM. If the 4 way handshake failed
995 * %NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT should be indicated instead.
996 *
997 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
998 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
999 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1000 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1001 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1002 * 802.11 headers.
1003 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1004 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1005 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1006 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1007 *
1008 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1009 *
1010 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1011 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1012 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1013 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1014 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1015 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1016 *
1017 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1018 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1019 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1020 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1021 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1022 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1023 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1024 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1025 * command interface.
1026 *
1027 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1028 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1029 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1030 *
1031 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1032 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1033 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1034 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1035 *
1036 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1037 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1038 */
1039enum nl80211_commands {
1040/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1041 NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC,
1042
1043 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, /* can dump */
1044 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY,
1045 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY,
1046 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY,
1047
1048 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE, /* can dump */
1049 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE,
1050 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE,
1051 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE,
1052
1053 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY,
1054 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY,
1055 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY,
1056 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY,
1057
1058 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON,
1059 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON,
1060 NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1061 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_START_AP,
1062 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1063 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON = NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP,
1064
1065 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION,
1066 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION,
1067 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION,
1068 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION,
1069
1070 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH,
1071 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH,
1072 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH,
1073 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH,
1074
1075 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS,
1076
1077 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG,
1078 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG,
1079
1080 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG,
1081 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG,
1082
1083 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE /* reserved; not used */,
1084
1085 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG,
1086
1087 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN,
1088 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
1089 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS,
1090 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED,
1091
1092 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE,
1093
1094 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE,
1095 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
1096 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1097 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE,
1098
1099 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE,
1100
1101 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT,
1102
1103 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS,
1104 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS,
1105
1106 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
1107
1108 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT,
1109 NL80211_CMD_ROAM,
1110 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT,
1111
1112 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS,
1113
1114 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY,
1115 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS,
1116
1117 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA,
1118 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA,
1119 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA,
1120
1121 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1122 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL,
1123
1124 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK,
1125
1126 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1127 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME,
1128 NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1129 NL80211_CMD_ACTION = NL80211_CMD_FRAME,
1130 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1131 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS = NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS,
1132
1133 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE,
1134 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE,
1135
1136 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM,
1137 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM,
1138
1139 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL,
1140 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER,
1141
1142 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL,
1143
1144 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH,
1145 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH,
1146
1147 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1148 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE,
1149
1150 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE,
1151
1152 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN,
1153 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN,
1154
1155 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN,
1156 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN,
1157 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS,
1158 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED,
1159
1160 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD,
1161
1162 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
1163
1164 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER,
1165 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT,
1166
1167 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME,
1168
1169 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT,
1170
1171 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS,
1172
1173 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME,
1174
1175 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP,
1176
1177 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY,
1178
1179 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE,
1180 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE,
1181
1182 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED,
1183
1184 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE,
1185
1186 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL,
1187
1188 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT,
1189
1190 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
1191
1192 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES,
1193 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT,
1194
1195 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START,
1196 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP,
1197
1198 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE,
1199 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE,
1200
1201 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1202
1203 NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
1204
1205 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP,
1206
1207 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS,
1208 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS,
1209
1210 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP,
1211
1212 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB,
1213 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB,
1214
1215 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY,
1216
1217 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1218 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH,
1219
1220 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE,
1221
1222 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN,
1223
1224 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN,
1225 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN,
1226 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION,
1227 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION,
1228 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG,
1229 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH,
1230
1231 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST,
1232
1233 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS,
1234
1235 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK,
1236 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK,
1237
1238 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
1239
1240 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB,
1241
1242 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH,
1243
1244 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED,
1245
1246 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME,
1247
1248 /* add new commands above here */
1249
1250 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1251 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST,
1252 NL80211_CMD_MAX = __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST - 1
1253};
1254
1255/*
1256 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1257 * here
1258 */
1259#define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1260#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1261#define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1262#define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1263#define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1264#define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1265#define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1266#define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1267
1268#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1269
1270/* source-level API compatibility */
1271#define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1272#define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1273#define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1274
1275/**
1276 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1277 *
1278 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1279 *
1280 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1281 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1282 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1283 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1284 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1285 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1286 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1287 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1288 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1289 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1290 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1291 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1292 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1293 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth
1294 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1295 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1296 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1297 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1298 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1299 * this attribute)
1300 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1301 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1302 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1303 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1304 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1305 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1306 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1307 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1308 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1309 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1310 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1311 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1312 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1313 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1314 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1315 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1316 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1317 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1318 *
1319 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1320 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1321 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1322 *
1323 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1324 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1325 *
1326 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1327 *
1328 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1329 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1330 * keys
1331 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1332 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1333 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1334 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1335 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1336 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1337 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1338 * default management key
1339 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1340 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1341 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1342 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1343 *
1344 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1345 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1346 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1347 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1348 *
1349 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1350 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1351 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1352 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1353 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1354 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1355 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1356 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1357 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1358 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to to.
1359 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1360 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1361 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1362 *
1363 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1364 * consisting of a nested array.
1365 *
1366 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1367 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1368 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1369 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1370 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1371 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1372 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1373 *
1374 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1375 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1376 *
1377 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1378 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1379 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1380 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1381 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1382 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1383 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1384 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1385 * to a specific alpha2.
1386 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1387 * rules.
1388 *
1389 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1390 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1391 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1392 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1393 * (u8, 0 or 1)
1394 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1395 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1396 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1397 *
1398 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1399 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1400 *
1401 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1402 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1403 * of the interface mode.
1404 *
1405 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1406 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1407 *
1408 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1409 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1410 *
1411 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1412 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1413 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1414 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1415 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1416 * that can be added to a scan request
1417 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1418 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1419 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1420 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1421 *
1422 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1423 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1424 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1425 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1426 *
1427 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1428 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1429 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1430 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1431 *
1432 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1433 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1434 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1435 *
1436 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1437 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1438 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1439 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1440 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1441 * represented as a u32
1442 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1443 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1444 *
1445 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1446 * a u32
1447 *
1448 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1449 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1450 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1451 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1452 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1453 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1454 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1455 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1456 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1457 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1458 *
1459 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1460 * cipher suites
1461 *
1462 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1463 * for other networks on different channels
1464 *
1465 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1466 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1467 *
1468 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1469 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1470 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1471 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1472 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1473 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1474 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1475 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1476 *
1477 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1478 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1479 *
1480 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1481 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1482 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1483 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1484 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1485 * default in station mode.
1486 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1487 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1488 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1489 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1490 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1491 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1492 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1493 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1494 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1495 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1496 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1497 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1498 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1499 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1500 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1501 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1502 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1503 * flag.
1504 *
1505 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1506 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1507 *
1508 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1509 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1510 * a local disconnect request.
1511 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1512 * event (u16)
1513 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1514 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1515 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1516 *
1517 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHERS_PAIRWISE: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON
1518 * to indicate which unicast key ciphers will be used with the connection
1519 * (an array of u32).
1520 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_GROUP: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1521 * indicate which group key cipher will be used with the connection (a
1522 * u32).
1523 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1524 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1525 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1526 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1527 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1528 *
1529 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1530 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1531 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1532 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1533 *
1534 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1535 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1536 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1537 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1538 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1539 *
1540 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1541 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1542 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1543 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1544 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1545 *
1546 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1547 *
1548 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1549 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1550 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1551 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1552 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1553 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1554 * completely from scratch.
1555 *
1556 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1557 *
1558 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1559 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1560 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1561 *
1562 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1563 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1564 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1565 *
1566 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1567 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1568 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1569 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1570 *
1571 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1572 *
1573 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1574 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1575 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1576 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1577 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1578 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1579 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1580 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1581 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1582 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1583 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT and
1584 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT.
1585 *
1586 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1587 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1588 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1589 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1590 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1591 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1592 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1593 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1594 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1595 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1596 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1597 *
1598 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1599 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1600 *
1601 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1602 *
1603 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1604 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1605 *
1606 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1607 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1608 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1609 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1610 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1611 *
1612 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1613 * connected to this BSS.
1614 *
1615 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1616 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1617 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1618 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1619 * for non-automatic settings.
1620 *
1621 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1622 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1623 *
1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1625 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1626 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1627 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1628 *
1629 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1630 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1631 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1632 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1633 * a chain has diversity antennas wether diversity should be used or not.
1634 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1635 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1636 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive wether to use diversity or not.
1637 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1638 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1639 *
1640 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1641 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1642 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1643 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1644 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1645 *
1646 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1647 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1648 *
1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1650 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1651 *
1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
1653 *
1654 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
1655 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
1656 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
1657 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
1658 * nl80211 capability flag.
1659 *
1660 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
1661 *
1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
1663 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
1664 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
1665 *
1666 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
1667 * changed once the mesh is active.
1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
1669 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
1671 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
1672 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
1674 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
1675 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
1676 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
1677 *
1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
1679 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
1680 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
1681 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
1682 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
1683 * triggers.
1684 *
1685 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
1686 * cycles, in msecs.
1687 *
1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
1689 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
1690 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
1691 * pass-thru filter rules.
1692 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
1693 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
1694 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
1695 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
1696 * able to ignore them by itself.
1697 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
1698 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
1699 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
1700 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
1701 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
1702 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
1703 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
1704 * If ommited, no filtering is done.
1705 *
1706 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
1707 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
1708 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
1709 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
1710 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
1711 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
1712 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
1713 *
1714 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
1715 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
1716 *
1717 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
1718 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
1719 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
1720 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1721 *
1722 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
1723 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
1724 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
1725 *
1726 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
1727 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
1728 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
1729 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
1730 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
1731 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
1732 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
1733 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
1734 * (Re)Association Request frames.
1735 *
1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
1737 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
1738 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
1739 * as AP.
1740 *
1741 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
1742 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
1743 *
1744 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
1745 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
1746 *
1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
1748 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
1749 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
1750 * applications use this attribute.
1751 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
1752 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
1753 *
1754 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
1755 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
1756 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
1758 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
1760 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
1762 * as a TDLS peer sta.
1763 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
1764 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
1765 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
1766 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
1767 *
1768 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
1769 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
1770 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
1771 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
1772 *
1773 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
1774 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
1775 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
1776 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
1777 *
1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
1779 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
1780 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
1781 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
1782 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
1783 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
1784 *
1785 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
1786 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
1787 * to be filled by the FW.
1788 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
1789 * this feature. Currently, only supported in mac80211 drivers.
1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
1791 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
1792 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
1793 * The values that may be configured are:
1794 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
1795 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
1796 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
1797 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
1798 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
1799 *
1800 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
1801 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
1802 * to one DFS region.
1803 *
1804 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
1805 * up to 16 TIDs.
1806 *
1807 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
1808 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
1809 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the staion entry from
1810 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
1811 * capability to timeout the stations.
1812 *
1813 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
1814 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
1815 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1816 *
1817 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
1818 * or 0 to disable background scan.
1819 *
1820 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
1821 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
1822 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
1823 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
1824 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
1825 *
1826 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
1827 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
1828 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
1829 *
1830 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
1831 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
1832 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
1833 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
1834 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
1835 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
1836 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
1837 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
1838 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
1839 * consistent.
1840 *
1841 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
1842 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1843 *
1844 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
1845 *
1846 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
1847 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
1849 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
1850 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
1851 * no change is made.
1852 *
1853 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
1854 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
1855 *
1856 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
1857 * carried in a u32 attribute
1858 *
1859 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
1860 * MAC ACL.
1861 *
1862 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
1863 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
1864 * ACL.
1865 *
1866 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
1867 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
1868 *
1869 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1870 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
1871 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
1873 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
1874 *
1875 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
1876 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
1877 *
1878 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
1879 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
1880 * and PU-APSD.
1881 *
1882 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
1883 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
1884 *
1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
1886 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
1887 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
1888 *
1889 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
1890 *
1891 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
1892 * Element
1893 *
1894 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
1895 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
1896 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
1897 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
1898 *
1899 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
1900 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
1901 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
1902 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
1903 *
1904 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
1905 *
1906 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
1907 * until the channel switch event.
1908 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
1909 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
1910 * operation).
1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
1912 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
1913 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1914 * switch counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
1916 * switch counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
1917 *
1918 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
1919 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
1920 *
1921 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
1922 *
1923 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
1924 * supported operating classes.
1925 *
1926 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
1927 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
1928 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
1929 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
1930 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
1931 * IBSS network.
1932 *
1933 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1934 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
1936 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
1937 *
1938 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
1939 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
1940 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
1941 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
1942 * u8 attribute.
1943 *
1944 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
1945 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
1946 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
1947 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
1948 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
1950 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
1951 *
1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
1953 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
1954 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
1955 *
1956 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
1957 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
1958 *
1959 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
1960 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
1961 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
1962 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
1963 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
1964 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
1965 *
1966 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
1967 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
1968 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
1969 * supported number of csa counters.
1970 *
1971 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
1972 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
1973 *
1974 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
1975 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
1976 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
1977 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
1978 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
1979 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
1980 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
1981 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
1982 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
1983 * cleared when the socket is closed.
1984 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
1985 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
1986 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
1987 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
1988 * multicast group.
1989 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
1990 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
1991 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
1992 * torn down when the socket is closed.
1993 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
1994 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
1995 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
1996 * disabled when the socket is closed.
1997 *
1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
1999 * the TDLS link initiator.
2000 *
2001 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2002 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2003 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2004 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2005 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2006 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2007 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2008 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2009 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2010 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2011 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2012 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2013 *
2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2015 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2016 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2017 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2018 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2019 *
2020 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2021 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2022 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2023 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2024 *
2025 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2026 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2027 *
2028 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2029 *
2030 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2031 *
2032 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2033 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2034 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2035 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2036 *
2037 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2038 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2039 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2040 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2041 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2042 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2043 *
2044 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2045 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2046 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2047 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2048 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2049 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2050 * over all channels.
2051 *
2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2053 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2054 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2055 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2056
2057 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2058 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2059 *
2060 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2061 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2062 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2063 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2064 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2065 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2066 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2067 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2068 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2069 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2070 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2071 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2072 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2073 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2074 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2075 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2077 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2078 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2079 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2080 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2081 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2082 *
2083 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2084 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2085 *
2086 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2087 *
2088 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2089 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2090 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities per
2091 * interface type.
2092 *
2093 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2094 * groupID for monitor mode.
2095 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2096 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2097 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2098 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2099 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2100 * each group.
2101 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2102 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2103 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2104 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2105 * groupID data.
2106 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2108 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2109 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2110 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2111 *
2112 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2113 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2114 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2115 * attribute must not be included).
2116 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2117 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2119 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2120 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2121 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2122 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2124 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2125 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2126 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2127 *
2128 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2129 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2130 *
2131 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2132 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2133 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2134 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2135 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2136 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2137 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2138 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2139 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2140 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2141 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2142 * the device will decide what to use.
2143 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2144 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2145 * attribute.
2146 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2147 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2148 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2149 * protection.
2150 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2151 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2152 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2153 *
2154 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2155 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2156 *
2157 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2158 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2159 *
2160 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2161 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2162 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2163 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2164 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2165 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2166 * unnecessary wakeups.
2167 *
2168 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2169 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2170 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparision to figure out
2171 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2172 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2173 *
2174 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2175 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2176 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2177 *
2178 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2179 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2180 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2181 *
2182 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2183 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2184 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2185 *
2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2187 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2188 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2189 *
2190 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2191 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2192 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2193 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2194 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2195 *
2196 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertized by a FILS AP
2197 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2198 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2199 *
2200 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2201 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2202 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT it is used to provide PSK for offloading 4-way
2203 * handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X authentication it is
2204 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support this attribute
2205 * specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is included as well.
2206 *
2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2208 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2209 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2210 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2211 *
2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2213 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2214 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2215 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2216 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2217 *
2218 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2219 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2220 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2221 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2223 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2224 * only with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request. The driver may offload
2225 * authentication processing to user space if this capability is indicated
2226 * in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests from the user space.
2227 *
2228 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2229 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2230 *
2231 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2232 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2233 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2234 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2235 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory memory limit (in bytes) for the
2236 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2237 * enforced.
2238 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2239 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2240 *
2241 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2242 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2243 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2244 */
2245enum nl80211_attrs {
2246/* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2247 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC,
2248
2249 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY,
2250 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
2251
2252 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
2253 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME,
2254 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE,
2255
2256 NL80211_ATTR_MAC,
2257
2258 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
2259 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX,
2260 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
2261 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ,
2262 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
2263
2264 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2265 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD,
2266 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD,
2267 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL,
2268
2269 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID,
2270 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS,
2271 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL,
2272 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES,
2273 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN,
2274 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO,
2275
2276 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS,
2277
2278 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS,
2279
2280 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID,
2281 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION,
2282 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP,
2283 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO,
2284
2285 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT,
2286 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2287 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2288
2289 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY,
2290
2291 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES,
2292
2293 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2,
2294 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES,
2295
2296 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG,
2297
2298 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES,
2299
2300 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS,
2301 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
2302 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE,
2303
2304 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
2305
2306 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE,
2307 NL80211_ATTR_IE,
2308
2309 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS,
2310
2311 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
2312 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS,
2313 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2314 NL80211_ATTR_BSS,
2315
2316 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR,
2317 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE,
2318
2319 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS,
2320
2321 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME,
2322 NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
2323 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
2324 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE,
2325
2326 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE,
2327
2328 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2329 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES,
2330
2331 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE,
2332 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER,
2333
2334 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED,
2335
2336
2337 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT,
2338 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
2339 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD,
2340 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD,
2341
2342 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT,
2343
2344 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP,
2345
2346 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2,
2347
2348 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
2349
2350 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA,
2351
2352 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
2353
2354 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP,
2355 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE,
2356
2357 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
2358 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP,
2359 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
2360 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES,
2361
2362 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE,
2363 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE,
2364
2365 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID,
2366
2367 NL80211_ATTR_KEY,
2368 NL80211_ATTR_KEYS,
2369
2370 NL80211_ATTR_PID,
2371
2372 NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR,
2373
2374 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO,
2375
2376 NL80211_ATTR_PMKID,
2377 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS,
2378
2379 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION,
2380
2381 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE,
2382
2383 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS,
2384
2385 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES,
2386
2387 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH,
2388
2389 NL80211_ATTR_ACK,
2390
2391 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE,
2392
2393 NL80211_ATTR_CQM,
2394
2395 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE,
2396
2397 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE,
2398
2399 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING,
2400 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL,
2401
2402 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES,
2403 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES,
2404 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE,
2405
2406 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
2407 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
2408
2409 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN,
2410
2411 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX,
2412 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX,
2413
2414 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE,
2415
2416 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK,
2417
2418 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE,
2419
2420 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
2421
2422 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION,
2423
2424 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP,
2425
2426 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX,
2427 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX,
2428
2429 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH,
2430 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE,
2431
2432 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS,
2433 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED,
2434
2435 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL,
2436
2437 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS,
2438 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES,
2439
2440 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA,
2441
2442 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS,
2443 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN,
2444
2445 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES,
2446
2447 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID,
2448
2449 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP,
2450 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP,
2451
2452 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME,
2453 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD,
2454
2455 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT,
2456
2457 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH,
2458 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS,
2459
2460 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
2461
2462 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE,
2463
2464 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION,
2465 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN,
2466 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION,
2467 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT,
2468 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP,
2469
2470 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME,
2471
2472 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK,
2473
2474 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS,
2475
2476 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD,
2477
2478 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP,
2479
2480 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION,
2481
2482 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT,
2483 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2484
2485 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP,
2486
2487 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
2488
2489 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM,
2490
2491 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
2492
2493 NL80211_ATTR_WDEV,
2494
2495 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE,
2496
2497 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON,
2498
2499 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA,
2500
2501 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY,
2502
2503 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS,
2504
2505 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,
2506 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1,
2507 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2,
2508
2509 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW,
2510 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS,
2511
2512 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE,
2513
2514 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY,
2515
2516 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS,
2517
2518 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX,
2519
2520 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT,
2521
2522 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2523 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK,
2524
2525 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY,
2526 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY,
2527
2528 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES,
2529 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP,
2530
2531 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT,
2532 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK,
2533
2534 NL80211_ATTR_MDID,
2535 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC,
2536
2537 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID,
2538 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION,
2539
2540 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID,
2541
2542 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
2543
2544 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT,
2545 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX,
2546 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES,
2547 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON,
2548 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP,
2549
2550 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS,
2551
2552 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS,
2553
2554 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES,
2555
2556 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS,
2557
2558 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ,
2559 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ,
2560
2561 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF,
2562
2563 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID,
2564 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD,
2565 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
2566 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS,
2567
2568 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP,
2569
2570 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT,
2571 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT,
2572
2573 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA,
2574
2575 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY,
2576
2577 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER,
2578
2579 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX,
2580 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS,
2581
2582 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR,
2583
2584 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM,
2585
2586 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK,
2587
2588 NL80211_ATTR_TSID,
2589 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO,
2590 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME,
2591
2592 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
2593
2594 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS,
2595
2596 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK,
2597
2598 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG,
2599
2600 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES,
2601
2602 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS,
2603
2604 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD,
2605
2606 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY,
2607
2608 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR,
2609
2610 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2611 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
2612 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
2613 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS,
2614
2615 NL80211_ATTR_PBSS,
2616
2617 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT,
2618
2619 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS,
2620
2621 NL80211_ATTR_PAD,
2622
2623 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA,
2624
2625 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA,
2626 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR,
2627
2628 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF,
2629 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID,
2630 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION,
2631 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY,
2632
2633 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID,
2634
2635 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
2636 NL80211_ATTR_BANDS,
2637 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC,
2638 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH,
2639
2640 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK,
2641 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES,
2642
2643 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED,
2644
2645 NL80211_ATTR_BSSID,
2646
2647 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
2648 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST,
2649
2650 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON,
2651
2652 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME,
2653 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM,
2654 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM,
2655 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK,
2656 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
2657
2658 NL80211_ATTR_PMK,
2659
2660 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI,
2661 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS,
2662
2663 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS,
2664 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME,
2665 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED,
2666
2667 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION,
2668 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT,
2669
2670 NL80211_ATTR_NSS,
2671 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL,
2672
2673 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
2674
2675 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS,
2676 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT,
2677 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT,
2678 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM,
2679
2680 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
2681
2682 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2683 NUM_NL80211_ATTR = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
2684 NL80211_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
2685};
2686
2687/* source-level API compatibility */
2688#define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
2689#define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
2690#define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
2691#define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
2692
2693/*
2694 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
2695 * here
2696 */
2697#define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2698#define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
2699#define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
2700#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
2701#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
2702#define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
2703#define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
2704#define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
2705#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
2706#define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
2707#define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
2708#define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
2709#define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
2710#define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
2711#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
2712#define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
2713#define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
2714#define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
2715#define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
2716#define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
2717#define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
2718
2719#define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
2720
2721#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
2722#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
2723#define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 64
2724#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
2725#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
2726#define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
2727#define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
2728#define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
2729
2730#define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
2731#define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
2732
2733#define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
2734
2735/* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
2736#define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
2737
2738#define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
2739
2740/**
2741 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
2742 *
2743 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
2744 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
2745 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
2746 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
2747 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
2748 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
2749 * AP type interface.
2750 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
2751 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
2752 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
2753 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
2754 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
2755 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
2756 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
2757 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
2758 * commands to create and destroy one
2759 * @NL80211_IF_TYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
2760 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
2761 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
2762 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
2763 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
2764 *
2765 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
2766 * to set the type of an interface.
2767 *
2768 */
2769enum nl80211_iftype {
2770 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED,
2771 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC,
2772 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION,
2773 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP,
2774 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN,
2775 NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS,
2776 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR,
2777 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT,
2778 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT,
2779 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO,
2780 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE,
2781 NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB,
2782 NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN,
2783
2784 /* keep last */
2785 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES,
2786 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES - 1
2787};
2788
2789/**
2790 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
2791 *
2792 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
2793 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
2794 *
2795 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2796 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
2797 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
2798 * with short barker preamble
2799 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
2800 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
2801 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
2802 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
2803 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
2804 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
2805 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
2806 * as errors.)
2807 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
2808 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
2809 * previously added station into associated state
2810 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
2811 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2812 */
2813enum nl80211_sta_flags {
2814 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID,
2815 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED,
2816 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2817 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME,
2818 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP,
2819 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED,
2820 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER,
2821 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED,
2822
2823 /* keep last */
2824 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
2825 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
2826};
2827
2828/**
2829 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
2830 *
2831 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
2832 * @@NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
2833 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
2834 */
2835enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status {
2836 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED = 0,
2837 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED,
2838
2839 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS,
2840};
2841
2842#define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
2843
2844/**
2845 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
2846 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
2847 * @set: which values to set them to
2848 *
2849 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
2850 */
2851struct nl80211_sta_flag_update {
2852 __u32 mask;
2853 __u32 set;
2854} __attribute__((packed));
2855
2856/**
2857 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
2858 *
2859 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
2860 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2861 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
2862 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
2863 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
2864 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
2865 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
2866 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
2867 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
2868 *
2869 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2870 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
2871 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
2872 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
2873 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
2874 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
2875 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
2876 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
2877 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
2878 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
2879 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
2880 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
2881 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
2882 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
2883 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2884 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
2885 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
2886 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
2887 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
2888 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2889 */
2890enum nl80211_rate_info {
2891 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID,
2892 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE,
2893 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS,
2894 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH,
2895 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI,
2896 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32,
2897 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS,
2898 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS,
2899 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2900 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH,
2901 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH,
2902 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH,
2903 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH,
2904
2905 /* keep last */
2906 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
2907 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
2908};
2909
2910/**
2911 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
2912 *
2913 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
2914 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
2915 *
2916 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2917 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
2918 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
2919 * (flag)
2920 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
2921 * (flag)
2922 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
2923 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
2924 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
2925 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2926 */
2927enum nl80211_sta_bss_param {
2928 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID,
2929 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT,
2930 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE,
2931 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME,
2932 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD,
2933 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL,
2934
2935 /* keep last */
2936 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST,
2937 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX = __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST - 1
2938};
2939
2940/**
2941 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
2942 *
2943 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
2944 * when getting information about a station.
2945 *
2946 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
2947 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
2948 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2949 * (u32, from this station)
2950 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2951 * (u32, to this station)
2952 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
2953 * (u64, from this station)
2954 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
2955 * (u64, to this station)
2956 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
2957 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
2958 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
2959 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2960 * (u32, from this station)
2961 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
2962 * (u32, to this station)
2963 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
2964 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
2965 * (u32, to this station)
2966 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
2967 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
2968 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
2969 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
2970 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
2971 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
2972 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
2973 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
2974 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
2975 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
2976 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
2977 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
2978 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
2979 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2980 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
2981 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
2982 * non-peer STA
2983 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
2984 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
2985 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
2986 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
2987 * @NL80211_STA_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also the
2988 * 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
2989 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
2990 * (u64)
2991 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
2992 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
2993 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
2994 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
2995 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
2996 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
2997 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
2998 * attributes carrying the actual values.
2999 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3000 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3001 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3002 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3003 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of (data)
3004 * ACK frame (s8, dBm)
3005 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3006 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3007 */
3008enum nl80211_sta_info {
3009 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID,
3010 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME,
3011 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES,
3012 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES,
3013 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID,
3014 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID,
3015 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE,
3016 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL,
3017 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE,
3018 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS,
3019 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS,
3020 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES,
3021 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED,
3022 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG,
3023 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE,
3024 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM,
3025 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME,
3026 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS,
3027 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS,
3028 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET,
3029 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM,
3030 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM,
3031 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM,
3032 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64,
3033 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64,
3034 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
3035 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG,
3036 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT,
3037 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC,
3038 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX,
3039 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG,
3040 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS,
3041 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION,
3042 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD,
3043 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL,
3044 NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG,
3045
3046 /* keep last */
3047 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3048 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3049};
3050
3051/**
3052 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3053 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3054 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3055 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3056 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3057 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3058 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3059 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3060 * MSDUs (u64)
3061 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3062 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3063 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3064 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3065 */
3066enum nl80211_tid_stats {
3067 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID,
3068 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU,
3069 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU,
3070 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES,
3071 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED,
3072 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD,
3073 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS,
3074
3075 /* keep last */
3076 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS,
3077 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS - 1
3078};
3079
3080/**
3081 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3082 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3083 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3084 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
3085 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
3086 * backlogged
3087 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
3088 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
3089 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
3090 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
3091 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
3092 * (only for per-phy stats)
3093 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
3094 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
3095 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
3096 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
3097 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3098 */
3099enum nl80211_txq_stats {
3100 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID,
3101 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES,
3102 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS,
3103 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS,
3104 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS,
3105 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS,
3106 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT,
3107 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY,
3108 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS,
3109 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES,
3110 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS,
3111 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS,
3112
3113 /* keep last */
3114 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS,
3115 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX = NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS - 1
3116};
3117
3118/**
3119 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
3120 *
3121 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
3122 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
3123 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
3124 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
3125 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
3126 */
3127enum nl80211_mpath_flags {
3128 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<0,
3129 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING = 1<<1,
3130 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID = 1<<2,
3131 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED = 1<<3,
3132 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED = 1<<4,
3133};
3134
3135/**
3136 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
3137 *
3138 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
3139 * information about a mesh path.
3140 *
3141 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3142 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
3143 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
3144 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
3145 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
3146 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
3147 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
3148 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
3149 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
3150 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
3151 * currently defind
3152 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3153 */
3154enum nl80211_mpath_info {
3155 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID,
3156 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN,
3157 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN,
3158 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC,
3159 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME,
3160 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS,
3161 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3162 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES,
3163
3164 /* keep last */
3165 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3166 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3167};
3168
3169/**
3170 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
3171 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3172 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
3173 * an array of nested frequency attributes
3174 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
3175 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
3176 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3177 * defined in 802.11n
3178 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3179 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
3180 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
3181 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
3182 * defined in 802.11ac
3183 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
3184 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
3185 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3186 */
3187enum nl80211_band_attr {
3188 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID,
3189 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS,
3190 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES,
3191
3192 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET,
3193 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA,
3194 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR,
3195 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY,
3196
3197 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET,
3198 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA,
3199
3200 /* keep last */
3201 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3202 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3203};
3204
3205#define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
3206
3207/**
3208 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
3209 *
3210 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3211 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
3212 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
3213 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
3214 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
3215 * @nl80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
3216 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
3217 */
3218enum nl80211_wmm_rule {
3219 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID,
3220 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN,
3221 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX,
3222 NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN,
3223 NL80211_WMMR_TXOP,
3224
3225 /* keep last */
3226 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST,
3227 NL80211_WMMR_MAX = __NL80211_WMMR_LAST - 1
3228};
3229
3230/**
3231 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
3232 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3233 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
3234 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
3235 * regulatory domain.
3236 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
3237 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
3238 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
3239 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
3240 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3241 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
3242 * (100 * dBm).
3243 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
3244 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
3245 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in miliseconds for how long
3246 * this channel is in this DFS state.
3247 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
3248 * channel as the control channel
3249 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
3250 * channel as the control channel
3251 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
3252 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
3253 * this includes 80+80 channels
3254 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
3255 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
3256 * isn't possible
3257 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3258 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
3259 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
3260 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
3261 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
3262 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
3263 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
3264 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
3265 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
3266 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
3267 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
3268 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
3269 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
3270 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
3271 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
3272 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
3273 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
3274 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
3275 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
3276 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3277 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
3278 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
3279 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
3280 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
3281 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
3282 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
3283 * currently defined
3284 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3285 *
3286 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
3287 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
3288 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
3289 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
3290 */
3291enum nl80211_frequency_attr {
3292 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID,
3293 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ,
3294 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED,
3295 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR,
3296 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS,
3297 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR,
3298 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER,
3299 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE,
3300 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME,
3301 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS,
3302 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS,
3303 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ,
3304 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ,
3305 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3306 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY,
3307 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT,
3308 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ,
3309 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ,
3310 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM,
3311
3312 /* keep last */
3313 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3314 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3315};
3316
3317#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
3318#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3319#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3320#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
3321#define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
3322 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3323
3324/**
3325 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
3326 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3327 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
3328 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
3329 * in 2.4 GHz band.
3330 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
3331 * currently defined
3332 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3333 */
3334enum nl80211_bitrate_attr {
3335 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID,
3336 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE,
3337 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE,
3338
3339 /* keep last */
3340 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3341 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3342};
3343
3344/**
3345 * enum nl80211_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
3346 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
3347 * regulatory domain.
3348 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
3349 * regulatory domain.
3350 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
3351 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
3352 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
3353 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
3354 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
3355 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
3356 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
3357 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
3358 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
3359 */
3360enum nl80211_reg_initiator {
3361 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE,
3362 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER,
3363 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER,
3364 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE,
3365};
3366
3367/**
3368 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
3369 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
3370 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
3371 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
3372 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
3373 * domain.
3374 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
3375 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
3376 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
3377 * them to be applied.
3378 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
3379 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
3380 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
3381 * domain request to be processed.
3382 */
3383enum nl80211_reg_type {
3384 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY,
3385 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD,
3386 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD,
3387 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION,
3388};
3389
3390/**
3391 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
3392 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3393 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
3394 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
3395 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
3396 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
3397 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
3398 * band edge.
3399 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
3400 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
3401 * band edge.
3402 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
3403 * frequency range, in KHz.
3404 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
3405 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
3406 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
3407 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
3408 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
3409 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
3410 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
3411 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
3412 * currently defined
3413 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3414 */
3415enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr {
3416 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID,
3417 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS,
3418
3419 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START,
3420 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END,
3421 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW,
3422
3423 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN,
3424 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP,
3425
3426 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME,
3427
3428 /* keep last */
3429 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3430 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3431};
3432
3433/**
3434 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
3435 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3436 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
3437 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
3438 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
3439 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
3440 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
3441 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
3442 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
3443 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
3444 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
3445 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
3446 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
3447 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
3448 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
3449 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
3450 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
3451 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
3452 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
3453 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
3454 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
3455 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
3456 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
3457 * attribute number currently defined
3458 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3459 */
3460enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr {
3461 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID,
3462
3463 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID,
3464 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI,
3465 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI,
3466 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
3467 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID,
3468
3469 /* keep last */
3470 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3471 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX =
3472 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3473};
3474
3475/* only for backward compatibility */
3476#define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
3477
3478/**
3479 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
3480 *
3481 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
3482 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
3483 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
3484 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
3485 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
3486 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
3487 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
3488 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
3489 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
3490 * beaconing.
3491 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
3492 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
3493 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
3494 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
3495 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
3496 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
3497 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
3498 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
3499 */
3500enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags {
3501 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM = 1<<0,
3502 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK = 1<<1,
3503 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR = 1<<2,
3504 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR = 1<<3,
3505 NL80211_RRF_DFS = 1<<4,
3506 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY = 1<<5,
3507 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY = 1<<6,
3508 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR = 1<<7,
3509 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS = 1<<8,
3510 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW = 1<<11,
3511 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<12,
3512 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<13,
3513 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<14,
3514 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ = 1<<15,
3515 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ = 1<<16,
3516};
3517
3518#define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3519#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3520#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
3521#define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
3522 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
3523#define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
3524
3525/* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
3526#define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
3527
3528/**
3529 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
3530 *
3531 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
3532 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
3533 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
3534 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
3535 */
3536enum nl80211_dfs_regions {
3537 NL80211_DFS_UNSET = 0,
3538 NL80211_DFS_FCC = 1,
3539 NL80211_DFS_ETSI = 2,
3540 NL80211_DFS_JP = 3,
3541};
3542
3543/**
3544 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
3545 *
3546 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
3547 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
3548 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
3549 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
3550 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
3551 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
3552 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
3553 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
3554 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
3555 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
3556 * supported feature.
3557 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
3558 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
3559 */
3560enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type {
3561 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER = 0,
3562 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE = 1,
3563 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR = 2,
3564};
3565
3566/**
3567 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
3568 *
3569 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
3570 * when getting information about a survey.
3571 *
3572 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3573 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
3574 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
3575 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
3576 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
3577 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
3578 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
3579 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
3580 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
3581 * channel was sensed busy
3582 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
3583 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
3584 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
3585 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
3586 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
3587 * (on this channel or globally)
3588 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3589 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
3590 * currently defined
3591 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3592 */
3593enum nl80211_survey_info {
3594 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID,
3595 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY,
3596 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE,
3597 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE,
3598 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME,
3599 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY,
3600 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY,
3601 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX,
3602 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX,
3603 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN,
3604 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD,
3605
3606 /* keep last */
3607 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST,
3608 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX = __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST - 1
3609};
3610
3611/* keep old names for compatibility */
3612#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
3613#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
3614#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
3615#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
3616#define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
3617
3618/**
3619 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
3620 *
3621 * Monitor configuration flags.
3622 *
3623 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
3624 *
3625 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
3626 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
3627 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
3628 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
3629 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
3630 * overrides all other flags.
3631 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
3632 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
3633 *
3634 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3635 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
3636 */
3637enum nl80211_mntr_flags {
3638 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
3639 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
3640 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
3641 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
3642 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
3643 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
3644 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
3645
3646 /* keep last */
3647 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST,
3648 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX = __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST - 1
3649};
3650
3651/**
3652 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
3653 *
3654 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
3655 * not known or has not been set yet.
3656 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
3657 * in Awake state all the time.
3658 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3659 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
3660 * neighbor's beacons.
3661 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
3662 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
3663 * for neighbor's beacons.
3664 *
3665 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - internal use
3666 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX - highest possible power save level
3667 */
3668
3669enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode {
3670 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN,
3671 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE,
3672 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP,
3673 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP,
3674
3675 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST,
3676 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST - 1
3677};
3678
3679/**
3680 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
3681 *
3682 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
3683 * active.
3684 *
3685 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
3686 *
3687 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
3688 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
3689 *
3690 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
3691 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
3692 *
3693 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
3694 * millisecond units
3695 *
3696 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
3697 * on this mesh interface
3698 *
3699 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
3700 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
3701 * mesh
3702 *
3703 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
3704 * point.
3705 *
3706 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
3707 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
3708 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
3709 * set.
3710 *
3711 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
3712 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
3713 * target)
3714 *
3715 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
3716 * (in milliseconds)
3717 *
3718 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
3719 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
3720 *
3721 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
3722 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
3723 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
3724 *
3725 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3726 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
3727 * reference element
3728 *
3729 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
3730 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
3731 * mesh
3732 *
3733 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
3734 *
3735 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
3736 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
3737 *
3738 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3739 * root announcements are transmitted.
3740 *
3741 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
3742 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
3743 * Announcement frames.
3744 *
3745 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
3746 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
3747 * PERR element.
3748 *
3749 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
3750 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
3751 *
3752 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
3753 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
3754 * a peer link.
3755 *
3756 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
3757 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
3758 * (see 11C.12.2.2)
3759 *
3760 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
3761 *
3762 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
3763 *
3764 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
3765 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
3766 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
3767 *
3768 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
3769 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
3770 *
3771 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
3772 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
3773 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
3774 *
3775 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
3776 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
3777 *
3778 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
3779 *
3780 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
3781 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
3782 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
3783 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
3784 *
3785 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3786 */
3787enum nl80211_meshconf_params {
3788 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID,
3789 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT,
3790 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT,
3791 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT,
3792 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS,
3793 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES,
3794 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL,
3795 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS,
3796 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES,
3797 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME,
3798 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT,
3799 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT,
3800 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL,
3801 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME,
3802 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE,
3803 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL,
3804 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL,
3805 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS,
3806 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL,
3807 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING,
3808 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD,
3809 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR,
3810 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE,
3811 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT,
3812 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL,
3813 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL,
3814 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE,
3815 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW,
3816 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT,
3817
3818 /* keep last */
3819 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3820 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3821};
3822
3823/**
3824 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
3825 *
3826 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
3827 * changed while the mesh is active.
3828 *
3829 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
3830 *
3831 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
3832 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
3833 * default HWMP.
3834 *
3835 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
3836 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
3837 * metric.
3838 *
3839 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
3840 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
3841 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
3842 * metrics in use.
3843 *
3844 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
3845 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
3846 *
3847 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
3848 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
3849 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
3850 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
3851 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
3852 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
3853 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
3854 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
3855 * userspace daemon.
3856 *
3857 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
3858 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
3859 * neighbor offset synchronization
3860 *
3861 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
3862 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
3863 *
3864 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
3865 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
3866 * Default is no authentication method required.
3867 *
3868 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
3869 *
3870 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
3871 */
3872enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params {
3873 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID,
3874 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL,
3875 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC,
3876 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE,
3877 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
3878 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE,
3879 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC,
3880 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM,
3881 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL,
3882
3883 /* keep last */
3884 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3885 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3886};
3887
3888/**
3889 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
3890 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
3891 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
3892 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
3893 * disabled
3894 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
3895 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3896 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
3897 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
3898 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
3899 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
3900 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
3901 */
3902enum nl80211_txq_attr {
3903 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID,
3904 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC,
3905 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP,
3906 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN,
3907 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX,
3908 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS,
3909
3910 /* keep last */
3911 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
3912 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
3913};
3914
3915enum nl80211_ac {
3916 NL80211_AC_VO,
3917 NL80211_AC_VI,
3918 NL80211_AC_BE,
3919 NL80211_AC_BK,
3920 NL80211_NUM_ACS
3921};
3922
3923/* backward compat */
3924#define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
3925#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
3926#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
3927#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
3928#define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
3929
3930/**
3931 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
3932 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3933 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
3934 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3935 * below the control channel
3936 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
3937 * above the control channel
3938 */
3939enum nl80211_channel_type {
3940 NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT,
3941 NL80211_CHAN_HT20,
3942 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS,
3943 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
3944};
3945
3946/**
3947 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
3948 *
3949 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
3950 * attribute.
3951 *
3952 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
3953 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
3954 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3955 * attribute must be provided as well
3956 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3957 * attribute must be provided as well
3958 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3959 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
3960 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
3961 * attribute must be provided as well
3962 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
3963 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
3964 */
3965enum nl80211_chan_width {
3966 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT,
3967 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3968 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40,
3969 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80,
3970 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80,
3971 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160,
3972 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3973 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3974};
3975
3976/**
3977 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
3978 *
3979 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
3980 *
3981 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
3982 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
3983 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
3984 */
3985enum nl80211_bss_scan_width {
3986 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
3987 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10,
3988 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5,
3989};
3990
3991/**
3992 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
3993 *
3994 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
3995 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
3996 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
3997 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
3998 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
3999 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
4000 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
4001 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
4002 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
4003 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
4004 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
4005 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
4006 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
4007 * they are from a Beacon frame.
4008 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
4009 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
4010 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
4011 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
4012 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
4013 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
4014 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
4015 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
4016 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
4017 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
4018 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
4019 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
4020 * yet been received
4021 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
4022 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width)
4023 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
4024 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
4025 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
4026 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
4027 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
4028 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
4029 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
4030 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4031 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
4032 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
4033 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
4034 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
4035 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
4036 * is set.
4037 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
4038 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
4039 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
4040 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
4041 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
4042 */
4043enum nl80211_bss {
4044 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID,
4045 NL80211_BSS_BSSID,
4046 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY,
4047 NL80211_BSS_TSF,
4048 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL,
4049 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY,
4050 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS,
4051 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM,
4052 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
4053 NL80211_BSS_STATUS,
4054 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO,
4055 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES,
4056 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH,
4057 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF,
4058 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA,
4059 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME,
4060 NL80211_BSS_PAD,
4061 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
4062 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID,
4063 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL,
4064
4065 /* keep last */
4066 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST,
4067 NL80211_BSS_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST - 1
4068};
4069
4070/**
4071 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
4072 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
4073 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
4074 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
4075 * a given BSS.
4076 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
4077 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
4078 *
4079 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
4080 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
4081 */
4082enum nl80211_bss_status {
4083 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED,
4084 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED,
4085 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED,
4086};
4087
4088/**
4089 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
4090 *
4091 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
4092 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
4093 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
4094 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
4095 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
4096 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
4097 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
4098 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
4099 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
4100 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
4101 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
4102 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
4103 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
4104 */
4105enum nl80211_auth_type {
4106 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM,
4107 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY,
4108 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT,
4109 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP,
4110 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE,
4111 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK,
4112 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS,
4113 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK,
4114
4115 /* keep last */
4116 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM,
4117 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX = __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM - 1,
4118 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
4119};
4120
4121/**
4122 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
4123 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
4124 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
4125 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
4126 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
4127 */
4128enum nl80211_key_type {
4129 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP,
4130 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE,
4131 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY,
4132
4133 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
4134};
4135
4136/**
4137 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
4138 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
4139 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
4140 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
4141 */
4142enum nl80211_mfp {
4143 NL80211_MFP_NO,
4144 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED,
4145 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL,
4146};
4147
4148enum nl80211_wpa_versions {
4149 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1 = 1 << 0,
4150 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2 = 1 << 1,
4151};
4152
4153/**
4154 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
4155 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
4156 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
4157 * unicast key
4158 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
4159 * multicast key
4160 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
4161 */
4162enum nl80211_key_default_types {
4163 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID,
4164 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST,
4165 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST,
4166
4167 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
4168};
4169
4170/**
4171 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
4172 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
4173 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
4174 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
4175 * keys
4176 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
4177 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
4178 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
4179 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
4180 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
4181 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
4182 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
4183 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
4184 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
4185 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
4186 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
4187 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
4188 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
4189 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
4190 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
4191 */
4192enum nl80211_key_attributes {
4193 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID,
4194 NL80211_KEY_DATA,
4195 NL80211_KEY_IDX,
4196 NL80211_KEY_CIPHER,
4197 NL80211_KEY_SEQ,
4198 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT,
4199 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT,
4200 NL80211_KEY_TYPE,
4201 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES,
4202
4203 /* keep last */
4204 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST,
4205 NL80211_KEY_MAX = __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST - 1
4206};
4207
4208/**
4209 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
4210 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
4211 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4212 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
4213 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
4214 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
4215 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
4216 * in an array of MCS numbers.
4217 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
4218 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
4219 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
4220 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
4221 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
4222 */
4223enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes {
4224 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID,
4225 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY,
4226 NL80211_TXRATE_HT,
4227 NL80211_TXRATE_VHT,
4228 NL80211_TXRATE_GI,
4229
4230 /* keep last */
4231 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST,
4232 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX = __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST - 1
4233};
4234
4235#define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
4236#define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
4237
4238/**
4239 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
4240 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
4241 */
4242struct nl80211_txrate_vht {
4243 __u16 mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
4244};
4245
4246enum nl80211_txrate_gi {
4247 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI,
4248 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI,
4249 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI,
4250};
4251
4252/**
4253 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
4254 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
4255 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
4256 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
4257 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
4258 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
4259 */
4260enum nl80211_band {
4261 NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
4262 NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
4263 NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
4264
4265 NUM_NL80211_BANDS,
4266};
4267
4268/**
4269 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
4270 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
4271 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
4272 */
4273enum nl80211_ps_state {
4274 NL80211_PS_DISABLED,
4275 NL80211_PS_ENABLED,
4276};
4277
4278/**
4279 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
4280 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
4281 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
4282 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
4283 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
4284 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
4285 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
4286 * crosses any of the thresholds.
4287 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
4288 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
4289 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
4290 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
4291 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
4292 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
4293 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
4294 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
4295 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
4296 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
4297 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
4298 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
4299 * checked.
4300 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
4301 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
4302 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
4303 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
4304 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
4305 * loss event
4306 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
4307 * RSSI threshold event.
4308 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
4309 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
4310 */
4311enum nl80211_attr_cqm {
4312 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID,
4313 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD,
4314 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST,
4315 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT,
4316 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT,
4317 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE,
4318 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS,
4319 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL,
4320 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4321 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL,
4322
4323 /* keep last */
4324 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST,
4325 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX = __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST - 1
4326};
4327
4328/**
4329 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
4330 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
4331 * configured threshold
4332 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
4333 * configured threshold
4334 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
4335 */
4336enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event {
4337 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW,
4338 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH,
4339 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT,
4340};
4341
4342
4343/**
4344 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
4345 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
4346 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
4347 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
4348 */
4349enum nl80211_tx_power_setting {
4350 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC,
4351 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED,
4352 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED,
4353};
4354
4355/**
4356 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
4357 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4358 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
4359 * a zero bit are ignored
4360 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
4361 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
4362 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
4363 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
4364 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
4365 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
4366 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
4367 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
4368 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
4369 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
4370 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
4371 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
4372 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4373 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
4374 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
4375 */
4376enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr {
4377 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID,
4378 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK,
4379 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN,
4380 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET,
4381
4382 NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT,
4383 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT = NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT - 1,
4384};
4385
4386/**
4387 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
4388 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
4389 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
4390 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
4391 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4392 *
4393 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
4394 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
4395 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
4396 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
4397 * by the kernel to userspace.
4398 */
4399struct nl80211_pattern_support {
4400 __u32 max_patterns;
4401 __u32 min_pattern_len;
4402 __u32 max_pattern_len;
4403 __u32 max_pkt_offset;
4404} __attribute__((packed));
4405
4406/* only for backward compatibility */
4407#define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
4408#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4409#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
4410#define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
4411#define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
4412#define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
4413#define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
4414
4415/**
4416 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
4417 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4418 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
4419 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
4420 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
4421 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
4422 * any others are even supported by the device.
4423 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
4424 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
4425 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
4426 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
4427 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
4428 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
4429 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
4430 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
4431 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
4432 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
4433 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
4434 *
4435 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
4436 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
4437 *
4438 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
4439 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
4440 * to the kernel when configuring.
4441 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
4442 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
4443 * by the device (flag)
4444 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
4445 * done by the device) (flag)
4446 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
4447 * packet (flag)
4448 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
4449 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
4450 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
4451 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
4452 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
4453 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
4454 * attribute contains the original length.
4455 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
4456 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
4457 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4458 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
4459 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
4460 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
4461 * contains the original length.
4462 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
4463 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
4464 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
4465 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
4466 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
4467 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
4468 * the TCP connection.
4469 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_WAKEUP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
4470 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
4471 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
4472 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
4473 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
4474 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
4475 * service
4476 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
4477 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
4478 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
4479 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
4480 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
4481 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
4482 * attribute is also sent in a response to
4483 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
4484 * supported by the driver (u32).
4485 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
4486 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
4487 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
4488 * that the information is not available. If more than one
4489 * element is present, it means that more than one match
4490 * occurred.
4491 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
4492 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
4493 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
4494 * these attributes must be present. If
4495 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
4496 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
4497 * channel.
4498 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
4499 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
4500 *
4501 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
4502 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
4503 */
4504enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers {
4505 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID,
4506 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY,
4507 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT,
4508 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT,
4509 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN,
4510 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED,
4511 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE,
4512 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST,
4513 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE,
4514 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE,
4515 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211,
4516 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN,
4517 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023,
4518 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN,
4519 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION,
4520 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH,
4521 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST,
4522 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS,
4523 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT,
4524 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS,
4525
4526 /* keep last */
4527 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG,
4528 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG - 1
4529};
4530
4531/**
4532 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
4533 *
4534 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
4535 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
4536 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
4537 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
4538 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
4539 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
4540 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
4541 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
4542 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
4543 *
4544 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
4545 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
4546 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
4547 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
4548 * also woken up.
4549 *
4550 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
4551 * response packets might not go through correctly.
4552 */
4553
4554/**
4555 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
4556 * @start: starting value
4557 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
4558 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
4559 *
4560 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
4561 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
4562 * in little endian.
4563 */
4564struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq {
4565 __u32 start, offset, len;
4566};
4567
4568/**
4569 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
4570 * @offset: offset of token in packet
4571 * @len: length of each token
4572 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
4573 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
4574 */
4575struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token {
4576 __u32 offset, len;
4577 __u8 token_stream[];
4578};
4579
4580/**
4581 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
4582 * @min_len: minimum token length
4583 * @max_len: maximum token length
4584 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
4585 */
4586struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature {
4587 __u32 min_len, max_len, bufsize;
4588};
4589
4590/**
4591 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
4592 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4593 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
4594 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
4595 * (in network byte order)
4596 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
4597 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
4598 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
4599 * might require ARP querying.
4600 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
4601 * socket and port will be allocated
4602 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
4603 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
4604 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4605 * of the data payload.
4606 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
4607 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
4608 * advertising it is just a flag
4609 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
4610 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
4611 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
4612 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
4613 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
4614 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
4615 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
4616 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
4617 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
4618 * but on the TCP payload only.
4619 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
4620 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
4621 */
4622enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs {
4623 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID,
4624 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4,
4625 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4,
4626 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC,
4627 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT,
4628 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT,
4629 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD,
4630 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ,
4631 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN,
4632 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL,
4633 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD,
4634 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK,
4635
4636 /* keep last */
4637 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP,
4638 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP = NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP - 1
4639};
4640
4641/**
4642 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
4643 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
4644 * @pat: packet pattern support information
4645 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4646 *
4647 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
4648 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
4649 */
4650struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support {
4651 __u32 max_rules;
4652 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat;
4653 __u32 max_delay;
4654} __attribute__((packed));
4655
4656/**
4657 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
4658 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4659 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
4660 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
4661 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
4662 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
4663 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
4664 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
4665 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
4666 */
4667enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule {
4668 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID,
4669 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY,
4670 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION,
4671 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN,
4672
4673 /* keep last */
4674 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE,
4675 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX = NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE - 1
4676};
4677
4678/**
4679 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
4680 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalaesce Rx packets when patterns
4681 * in a rule are matched.
4682 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
4683 * in a rule are not matched.
4684 */
4685enum nl80211_coalesce_condition {
4686 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH,
4687 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
4688};
4689
4690/**
4691 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
4692 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4693 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
4694 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
4695 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
4696 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
4697 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
4698 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
4699 */
4700enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs {
4701 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC,
4702 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX,
4703 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES,
4704
4705 /* keep last */
4706 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT,
4707 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT - 1
4708};
4709
4710/**
4711 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
4712 *
4713 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
4714 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
4715 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
4716 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
4717 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
4718 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
4719 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
4720 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
4721 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
4722 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
4723 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
4724 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
4725 * different channels may be used within this group.
4726 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4727 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
4728 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
4729 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
4730 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
4731 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
4732 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
4733 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
4734 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
4735 *
4736 * Examples:
4737 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
4738 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
4739 *
4740 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
4741 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
4742 *
4743 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
4744 * => allows two STAs on different channels
4745 *
4746 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
4747 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
4748 *
4749 * The list of these four possiblities could completely be contained
4750 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
4751 * that any of these groups must match.
4752 *
4753 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
4754 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
4755 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
4756 * interface type, the following group always exists:
4757 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
4758 */
4759enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs {
4760 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC,
4761 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS,
4762 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM,
4763 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH,
4764 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS,
4765 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS,
4766 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS,
4767 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD,
4768
4769 /* keep last */
4770 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB,
4771 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB = NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB - 1
4772};
4773
4774
4775/**
4776 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
4777 *
4778 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
4779 * state of non existant mesh peer links
4780 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
4781 * this mesh peer
4782 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
4783 * from this mesh peer
4784 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
4785 * received from this mesh peer
4786 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
4787 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
4788 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
4789 * plink are discarded
4790 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
4791 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
4792 */
4793enum nl80211_plink_state {
4794 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN,
4795 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT,
4796 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD,
4797 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD,
4798 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB,
4799 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING,
4800 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED,
4801
4802 /* keep last */
4803 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES,
4804 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES = NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES - 1
4805};
4806
4807/**
4808 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
4809 *
4810 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
4811 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
4812 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
4813 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
4814 */
4815enum plink_actions {
4816 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION,
4817 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN,
4818 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK,
4819
4820 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS,
4821};
4822
4823
4824#define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
4825#define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
4826#define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
4827
4828/**
4829 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
4830 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4831 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
4832 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
4833 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
4834 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
4835 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
4836 */
4837enum nl80211_rekey_data {
4838 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID,
4839 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK,
4840 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK,
4841 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR,
4842
4843 /* keep last */
4844 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA,
4845 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA = NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA - 1
4846};
4847
4848/**
4849 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
4850 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
4851 * Beacon frames)
4852 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
4853 * in Beacon frames
4854 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
4855 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
4856 */
4857enum nl80211_hidden_ssid {
4858 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE,
4859 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN,
4860 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
4861};
4862
4863/**
4864 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
4865 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
4866 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
4867 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
4868 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
4869 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
4870 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
4871 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
4872 */
4873enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr {
4874 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID,
4875 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES,
4876 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP,
4877
4878 /* keep last */
4879 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST,
4880 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX = __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST - 1
4881};
4882
4883/**
4884 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
4885 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
4886 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
4887 * priority)
4888 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
4889 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
4890 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
4891 * (internal)
4892 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
4893 * (internal)
4894 */
4895enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr {
4896 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID,
4897 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX,
4898 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID,
4899 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH,
4900
4901 /* keep last */
4902 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE,
4903 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE = NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE - 1
4904};
4905
4906/**
4907 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
4908 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
4909 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
4910 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
4911 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
4912 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
4913 */
4914enum nl80211_tdls_operation {
4915 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ,
4916 NL80211_TDLS_SETUP,
4917 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN,
4918 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK,
4919 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK,
4920};
4921
4922/*
4923 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
4924 * Reserved for future use, no bits are defined in
4925 * NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME yet.
4926enum nl80211_ap_sme_features {
4927};
4928 */
4929
4930/**
4931 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
4932 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
4933 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
4934 * socket option.
4935 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
4936 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
4937 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
4938 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
4939 * to work properly to suppport receiving regulatory hints from
4940 * cellular base stations.
4941 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
4942 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
4943 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
4944 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
4945 * mode
4946 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
4947 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
4948 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
4949 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
4950 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
4951 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
4952 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
4953 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
4954 * setting
4955 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
4956 * powersave
4957 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
4958 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
4959 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
4960 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
4961 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
4962 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
4963 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
4964 * states using station flags.
4965 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
4966 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
4967 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
4968 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
4969 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
4970 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
4971 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
4972 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
4973 * still generated by the driver.
4974 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
4975 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
4976 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
4977 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
4978 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
4979 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
4980 * lifetime of a BSS.
4981 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
4982 * Set IE to probe requests.
4983 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
4984 * to probe requests.
4985 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
4986 * requests sent to it by an AP.
4987 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
4988 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
4989 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
4990 * Measurement Report action frame.
4991 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
4992 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
4993 * to enable dynack.
4994 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
4995 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4996 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
4997 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
4998 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
4999 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
5000 * rts/cts handshake.
5001 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
5002 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
5003 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
5004 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
5005 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
5006 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
5007 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
5008 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
5009 * operating as a TDLS peer.
5010 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5011 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
5012 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
5013 * address mask/value will be used.
5014 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
5015 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
5016 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5017 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5018 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
5019 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
5020 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
5021 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
5022 */
5023enum nl80211_feature_flags {
5024 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS = 1 << 0,
5025 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS = 1 << 1,
5026 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER = 1 << 2,
5027 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS = 1 << 3,
5028 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL = 1 << 4,
5029 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE = 1 << 5,
5030 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN = 1 << 6,
5031 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH = 1 << 7,
5032 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN = 1 << 8,
5033 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER = 1 << 9,
5034 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN = 1 << 10,
5035 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN = 1 << 11,
5036 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS = 1 << 12,
5037 /* bit 13 is reserved */
5038 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS = 1 << 14,
5039 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE = 1 << 15,
5040 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM = 1 << 16,
5041 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR = 1 << 17,
5042 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE = 1 << 18,
5043 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 19,
5044 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES = 1 << 20,
5045 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET = 1 << 21,
5046 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION = 1 << 22,
5047 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION = 1 << 23,
5048 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS = 1 << 24,
5049 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS = 1 << 25,
5050 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION = 1 << 26,
5051 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE = 1 << 27,
5052 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = 1 << 28,
5053 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 29,
5054 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 30,
5055 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR = 1 << 31,
5056};
5057
5058/**
5059 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
5060 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
5061 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
5062 * can request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
5063 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
5064 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
5065 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertized.
5066 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
5067 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
5068 * certain groups which can be configured by the
5069 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
5070 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
5071 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
5072 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
5073 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
5074 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5075 * (if available).
5076 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
5077 * time the last beacon/probe was received. The time is the TSF of the
5078 * BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
5079 * (if available).
5080 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
5081 * channel dwell time.
5082 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
5083 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non HT/VHT) rate.
5084 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
5085 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
5086 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
5087 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
5088 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
5089 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
5090 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
5091 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
5092 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
5093 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
5094 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
5095 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
5096 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
5097 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
5098 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
5099 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
5100 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
5101 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
5102 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
5103 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
5104 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
5105 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
5106 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
5107 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
5108 * be supported.
5109 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
5110 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
5111 * actual dwell time.
5112 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
5113 * response
5114 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
5115 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
5116 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
5117 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
5118 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
5119 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
5120 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
5121 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
5122 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
5123 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
5124 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
5125 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
5126 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
5127 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
5128 * "radar detected" event.
5129 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
5130 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
5131 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This Driver support data ack
5132 * rssi if firmware support, this flag is to intimate about ack rssi
5133 * support to nl80211.
5134 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
5135 * TXQs.
5136 *
5137 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
5138 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
5139 */
5140enum nl80211_ext_feature_index {
5141 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS,
5142 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM,
5143 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER,
5144 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME,
5145 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF,
5146 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL,
5147 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
5148 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
5149 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT,
5150 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA,
5151 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA,
5152 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED,
5153 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI,
5154 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST,
5155 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD,
5156 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK,
5157 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X,
5158 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME,
5159 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP,
5160 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE,
5161 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION,
5162 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL,
5163 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN,
5164 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN,
5165 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN,
5166 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD,
5167 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211,
5168 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT,
5169 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS,
5170
5171 /* add new features before the definition below */
5172 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES,
5173 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES = NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES - 1
5174};
5175
5176/**
5177 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
5178 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
5179 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
5180 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
5181 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
5182 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
5183 * to the host.
5184 *
5185 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
5186 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
5187 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
5188 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
5189 */
5190enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr {
5191 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS = 1<<0,
5192 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2 = 1<<1,
5193 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P = 1<<2,
5194 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U = 1<<3,
5195};
5196
5197/**
5198 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
5199 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
5200 * handled by the AP is reached.
5201 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
5202 */
5203enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason {
5204 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS,
5205 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT,
5206};
5207
5208/**
5209 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
5210 *
5211 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
5212 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
5213 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
5214 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
5215 */
5216enum nl80211_timeout_reason {
5217 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED,
5218 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN,
5219 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH,
5220 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC,
5221};
5222
5223/**
5224 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
5225 *
5226 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
5227 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
5228 * requests.
5229 *
5230 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
5231 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
5232 * one of them can be used in the request.
5233 *
5234 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
5235 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
5236 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
5237 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
5238 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
5239 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
5240 * when really needed
5241 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
5242 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
5243 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
5244 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
5245 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
5246 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
5247 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
5248 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
5249 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
5250 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
5251 * request parameters IE in the probe request
5252 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
5253 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
5254 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non OCE AP is dicovered in the channel,
5255 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
5256 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
5257 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
5258 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
5259 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
5260 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
5261 * SSID and/or RSSI.
5262 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
5263 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
5264 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
5265 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
5266 * impacted with this flag.
5267 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
5268 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
5269 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
5270 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
5271 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
5272 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
5273 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
5274 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
5275 */
5276enum nl80211_scan_flags {
5277 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY = 1<<0,
5278 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH = 1<<1,
5279 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP = 1<<2,
5280 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR = 1<<3,
5281 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME = 1<<4,
5282 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<5,
5283 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE = 1<<6,
5284 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION = 1<<7,
5285 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN = 1<<8,
5286 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER = 1<<9,
5287 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY = 1<<10,
5288};
5289
5290/**
5291 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
5292 *
5293 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
5294 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
5295 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
5296 *
5297 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
5298 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
5299 * in ACL to authenticate.
5300 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
5301 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
5302 */
5303enum nl80211_acl_policy {
5304 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED,
5305 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED,
5306};
5307
5308/**
5309 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
5310 *
5311 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
5312 *
5313 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
5314 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
5315 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
5316 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
5317 */
5318enum nl80211_smps_mode {
5319 NL80211_SMPS_OFF,
5320 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC,
5321 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
5322
5323 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST,
5324 NL80211_SMPS_MAX = __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST - 1
5325};
5326
5327/**
5328 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
5329 *
5330 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
5331 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
5332 *
5333 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
5334 * now unusable.
5335 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
5336 * the channel is now available.
5337 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
5338 * change to the channel status.
5339 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
5340 * over, channel becomes usable.
5341 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
5342 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
5343 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
5344 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
5345 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
5346 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
5347 */
5348enum nl80211_radar_event {
5349 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED,
5350 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED,
5351 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED,
5352 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED,
5353 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED,
5354 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED,
5355};
5356
5357/**
5358 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
5359 *
5360 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
5361 *
5362 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
5363 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
5364 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
5365 * is therefore marked as not available.
5366 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
5367 */
5368enum nl80211_dfs_state {
5369 NL80211_DFS_USABLE,
5370 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE,
5371 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE,
5372};
5373
5374/**
5375 * enum enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
5376 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
5377 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
5378 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
5379 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
5380 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
5381 */
5382enum nl80211_protocol_features {
5383 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP = 1 << 0,
5384};
5385
5386/**
5387 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
5388 *
5389 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
5390 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
5391 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
5392 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
5393 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
5394 */
5395enum nl80211_crit_proto_id {
5396 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC,
5397 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP,
5398 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL,
5399 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA,
5400 /* add other protocols before this one */
5401 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
5402};
5403
5404/* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
5405#define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
5406
5407/**
5408 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
5409 *
5410 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
5411 *
5412 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
5413 */
5414enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags {
5415 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED = 1 << 0,
5416};
5417
5418/*
5419 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
5420 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
5421 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
5422 */
5423#define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
5424
5425/**
5426 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
5427 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
5428 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
5429 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
5430 * added to this file when needed.
5431 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
5432 */
5433struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info {
5434 __u32 vendor_id;
5435 __u32 subcmd;
5436};
5437
5438/**
5439 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
5440 *
5441 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
5442 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
5443 *
5444 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
5445 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
5446 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
5447 */
5448enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability {
5449 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT = 1<<0,
5450 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT = 1<<1,
5451 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM = 1<<2,
5452};
5453
5454/**
5455 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
5456 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
5457 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
5458 * seconds (u32).
5459 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
5460 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
5461 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
5462 * make the scan plan meaningless.
5463 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
5464 * currently defined
5465 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
5466 */
5467enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan {
5468 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID,
5469 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL,
5470 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS,
5471
5472 /* keep last */
5473 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST,
5474 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX =
5475 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST - 1
5476};
5477
5478/**
5479 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
5480 *
5481 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
5482 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
5483 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
5484 */
5485struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust {
5486 __u8 band;
5487 __s8 delta;
5488} __attribute__((packed));
5489
5490/**
5491 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
5492 *
5493 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
5494 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
5495 * is requested.
5496 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
5497 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
5498 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
5499 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
5500 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
5501 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
5502 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
5503 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
5504 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
5505 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
5506 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
5507 *
5508 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
5509 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
5510 * which the driver shall use.
5511 */
5512enum nl80211_bss_select_attr {
5513 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID,
5514 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI,
5515 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF,
5516 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST,
5517
5518 /* keep last */
5519 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST,
5520 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX = __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST - 1
5521};
5522
5523/**
5524 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
5525 *
5526 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
5527 *
5528 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
5529 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
5530 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
5531 */
5532enum nl80211_nan_function_type {
5533 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH,
5534 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE,
5535 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP,
5536
5537 /* keep last */
5538 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST,
5539 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE = __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST - 1,
5540};
5541
5542/**
5543 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
5544 *
5545 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
5546 *
5547 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
5548 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
5549 */
5550enum nl80211_nan_publish_type {
5551 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 0,
5552 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH = 1 << 1,
5553};
5554
5555/**
5556 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
5557 *
5558 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
5559 *
5560 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
5561 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
5562 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
5563 */
5564enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason {
5565 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST,
5566 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED,
5567 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR,
5568};
5569
5570#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
5571#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
5572#define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
5573
5574/**
5575 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
5576 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
5577 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
5578 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
5579 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
5580 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
5581 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
5582 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
5583 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
5584 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
5585 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
5586 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
5587 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
5588 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
5589 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
5590 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
5591 * is follow up. This is a u8.
5592 * The requestor instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
5593 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
5594 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
5595 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
5596 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
5597 * This is a flag.
5598 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
5599 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
5600 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
5601 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
5602 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
5603 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
5604 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
5605 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5606 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
5607 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
5608 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
5609 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
5610 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
5611 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
5612 *
5613 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
5614 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
5615 */
5616enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes {
5617 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID,
5618 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE,
5619 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID,
5620 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE,
5621 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST,
5622 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE,
5623 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID,
5624 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID,
5625 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST,
5626 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE,
5627 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL,
5628 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO,
5629 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF,
5630 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER,
5631 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER,
5632 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID,
5633 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON,
5634
5635 /* keep last */
5636 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR,
5637 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR - 1
5638};
5639
5640/**
5641 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
5642 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
5643 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
5644 * This is a flag.
5645 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
5646 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
5647 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
5648 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
5649 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
5650 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
5651 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
5652 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
5653 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
5654 */
5655enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes {
5656 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID,
5657 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE,
5658 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF,
5659 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX,
5660 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS,
5661
5662 /* keep last */
5663 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR,
5664 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR - 1,
5665};
5666
5667/**
5668 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
5669 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
5670 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
5671 * match. This is a nested attribute.
5672 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5673 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
5674 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
5675 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
5676 *
5677 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
5678 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
5679 */
5680enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes {
5681 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID,
5682 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL,
5683 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER,
5684
5685 /* keep last */
5686 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR,
5687 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX = NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR - 1
5688};
5689
5690/**
5691 * nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
5692 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
5693 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
5694 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
5695 */
5696enum nl80211_external_auth_action {
5697 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START,
5698 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT,
5699};
5700
5701#endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */